<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Patrick</id>
		<title>PocketWizard Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Patrick"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Patrick"/>
		<updated>2026-05-17T04:27:22Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.24.4</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3857</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3857"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T19:37:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* 1. Download the PocketWizard Utility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.70 BETA: [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.70_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Latestpanasonic&amp;diff=3856</id>
		<title>Template:Latestpanasonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Latestpanasonic&amp;diff=3856"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T19:18:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''1.132'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Latestnikon&amp;diff=3855</id>
		<title>Template:Latestnikon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Latestnikon&amp;diff=3855"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T19:18:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''3.906'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Latestflextt6&amp;diff=3854</id>
		<title>Template:Latestflextt6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Latestflextt6&amp;diff=3854"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T19:17:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''7.003'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:LatestMM2&amp;diff=3853</id>
		<title>Template:LatestMM2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:LatestMM2&amp;diff=3853"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T19:17:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''8.111'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3852</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3852"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T19:16:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Current Firmware Versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.70 BETA: [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.70_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf&amp;diff=3851</id>
		<title>File:MultiMAX II Firmware Release Notes 8.111.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf&amp;diff=3851"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T19:13:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf&amp;diff=3850</id>
		<title>File:MiniTT1 FlexTT5 Nikon 3.906.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf&amp;diff=3850"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T19:10:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf&amp;diff=3849</id>
		<title>File:MiniTT1 FlexTT5 Canon 6.905 Firmware Release Notes.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf&amp;diff=3849"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T19:09:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf&amp;diff=3848</id>
		<title>File:FlexTT6 Canon 7.003 Firmware Release Notes.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf&amp;diff=3848"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T19:07:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf&amp;diff=3847</id>
		<title>File:Panasonic FlexTT5 Firmware Release Notes 1.132.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf&amp;diff=3847"/>
				<updated>2017-08-24T18:51:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonCamerasFlexTT6&amp;diff=3845</id>
		<title>Template:CanonCamerasFlexTT6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonCamerasFlexTT6&amp;diff=3845"/>
				<updated>2017-08-11T20:59:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=5|Currently Supported Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Canon 1D X Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 7D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Canon 80D &lt;br /&gt;
|Canon Rebel T7i (800D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D X]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 7D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Canon 77D &lt;br /&gt;
|Canon Rebel T6 (1300D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1Ds Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 6D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 70D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T5i]] (700D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Canon 5D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 60D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T5]] (1200D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1Ds Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 50D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel SL1]] (100D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark II N]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 40D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T4i]] (650D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 30D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T3i]] (600D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 20D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T3]] (1100D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T2i]] (550D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T1i]] (500D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XSi]] (450D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XTi]] (400D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XT]] (350D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XS]] (1000D)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonCameras&amp;diff=3844</id>
		<title>Template:CanonCameras</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonCameras&amp;diff=3844"/>
				<updated>2017-08-11T20:58:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=5|Currently Supported Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D X]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 7D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 70D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T5i]] (700D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark IV]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 7D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 60D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T5]] (1200D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1Ds Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 6D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 50D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel SL1]] (100D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 40D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T4i]] (650D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1Ds Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 30D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T3i]] (600D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark II N]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 20D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T3]] (1100D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T2i]] (550D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T1i]] (500D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XSi]] (450D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XTi]] (400D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XT]] (350D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XS]] (1000D)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Current_Firmware&amp;diff=3842</id>
		<title>Current Firmware</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Current_Firmware&amp;diff=3842"/>
				<updated>2017-07-18T21:13:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for purchasing a PocketWizard radio! Like most modern electronics, PocketWizard radios run on sophisticated firmware that we update occasionally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radios have the latest firmware, you can just start shooting - no updating required!  The radios are set to work for most situations right out of the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click [Expand] for your radio to see if you can just start taking pictures or if you need to take a moment to update firmware.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Latestcanon}} is the latest Canon firmware.  If that's what you have, and your camera is listed here, follow the Quick Start steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonCamerasAutoDetect}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your camera is not listed, or your radio's firmware is older than {{Latestcanon}}, or you're not sure what your firmware version is then you need to install the PocketWizard Utility.  Go to our [[Getting Started]] page right now.  It's easy and should only take a few minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Quick Start:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Latestflextt6}} is the latest Canon FlexTT6 firmware.  If that's what you have, and your camera is listed here, follow the Quick Start steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonCamerasAutoDetectTT6}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your camera is not listed, or your radio's firmware is older than {{Latestflextt6}}, or you're not sure what your firmware version is then you need to install the PocketWizard Utility.  Go to our [[Getting Started]] page right now.  It's easy and should only take a few minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Quick Start:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuickTT6}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Latestnikon}} is the latest Nikon firmware.  If that's what you have, follow the Quick Start steps below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radio's firmware is older than {{Latestnikon}} or you're not sure what your firmware version is then you need to install the PocketWizard Utility.  Go to our [[Getting Started]] page right now.  It's easy and should only take a few minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Quick Start:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Latestmc2}} is the latest PowerMC2 firmware.  If that's what you have, then you're all set!  Start shooting!  Go to the [[PowerMC2]] page to learn more about your radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radio's firmware is older than {{Latestmc2}} or you're not sure what your firmware version is then you need to install the PocketWizard Utility.  Go to our [[Getting Started]] page right now.  It's easy and should only take a few minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Latestst4}} is the latest PowerST4 firmware.  If that's what you have, then you're all set!  Start shooting!  Go to the [[PowerST4]] page to learn more about your radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radio's firmware is older than {{Latestst4}} or you're not sure what your firmware version is then you need to install the PocketWizard Utility.  Go to our [[Getting Started]] page right now.  It's easy and should only take a few minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{LatestP3}} is the latest Plus III firmware.  If that's what you have, then you're all set!  Start shooting!  Go to the [[Plus III]] page to learn more about your radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radio's firmware is older than {{LatestP3}} or you're not sure what your firmware version is then you need to install the PocketWizard Utility.  Go to our [[Getting Started]] page right now.  It's easy and should only take a few minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus IV'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{LatestP4}} is the latest Plus IV firmware.  If that's what you have, then you're all set!  Start shooting!  Go to the [[Plus IV]] page to learn more about your radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radio's firmware is older than {{LatestP4}} or you're not sure what your firmware version is then you need to install the PocketWizard Utility.  Go to our [[Getting Started]] page right now.  It's easy and should only take a few minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Latestmax}} is the latest MultiMAX firmware for USB-capable MultiMAX radios.  If that's what you have, then you're all set!  Start shooting!  Go to the [[MultiMAX]] page to learn more about your radio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see the firmware version of your MultiMAX by holding down A as you power the radio on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radio's firmware is older than {{Latestmax}} then you need to install the PocketWizard Utility.  Go to our [[Getting Started]] page right now.  It's easy and should only take a few minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{LatestMM2}} is the latest MultiMAX II firmware.  If that's what you have, then you're all set!  Start shooting!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see the firmware version of your MultiMAX II by holding down A as you power the radio on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radio's firmware is older than {{LatestmMM2}} then you need to install the PocketWizard Utility.  Go to our [[Getting Started]] page right now.  It's easy and should only take a few minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonCamerasAutoDetectTT6&amp;diff=3841</id>
		<title>Template:CanonCamerasAutoDetectTT6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonCamerasAutoDetectTT6&amp;diff=3841"/>
				<updated>2017-07-18T21:12:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt; {| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; |- !colspan=5|Auto-detected Canon Cameras |- |Canon 1D X Mark...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=5|Auto-detected Canon Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D X Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 7D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 80D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T6]] (1300D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 7D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 70D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 6D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 30D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark IV]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonQuickTT6&amp;diff=3840</id>
		<title>Template:CanonQuickTT6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonQuickTT6&amp;diff=3840"/>
				<updated>2017-07-18T21:06:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: Created page with &amp;quot;# Turn everything '''off''' and install '''fresh batteries''' # '''Set up''' your remotes:  ## Slide your remote Speedlite onto a FlexTT5 or FlexTT6 and '''lock it''' down ##...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;# Turn everything '''off''' and install '''fresh batteries'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Set up''' your remotes: &lt;br /&gt;
## Slide your remote Speedlite onto a FlexTT5 or FlexTT6 and '''lock it''' down&lt;br /&gt;
## Turn the Speedlite on, and set it to '''ETTL''' - don't use &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
## Turn the FlexTT5/6 on to '''C.1''' - a low power flash confirms it's ready&lt;br /&gt;
# Slide your FlexTT6 onto your camera and turn it on to '''C.1'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, set the shutter speed to '''1/160th''', and shoot a '''calibration shot''' to prime the radios - the remote Speedlite won't fire&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Start shooting''' TTL pictures!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You're all set!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is [[Basic Wireless TTL]].  Adjust your camera's Flash Exposure Compensation to change the power level of your Speedlite.  You can't adjust power levels using the camera's [Flash control] menu settings, but there are easier and more powerful options:  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;{{recommended reading|MiniTT1 and FlexTT5|}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ac3|The AC3 Zonecontroller]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced Wireless TTL|A Canon Master Speedlite]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3839</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3839"/>
				<updated>2017-07-18T20:53:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* 3. First Time Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|5/18/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/94/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/22/MultiMax_II_Quick_Guide.pdf Quick Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.70 BETA: [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.70_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3838</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3838"/>
				<updated>2017-07-18T20:52:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* 2. Check for Updates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|5/18/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/94/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/22/MultiMax_II_Quick_Guide.pdf Quick Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.70 BETA: [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.70_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3837</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3837"/>
				<updated>2017-07-18T20:50:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Current Firmware Versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|5/18/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/94/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/22/MultiMax_II_Quick_Guide.pdf Quick Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.70 BETA: [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.70_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:LatestMM2&amp;diff=3836</id>
		<title>Template:LatestMM2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:LatestMM2&amp;diff=3836"/>
				<updated>2017-07-18T20:42:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: Created page with &amp;quot;'''8.100'''&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''8.100'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MultiMax_II_Quick_Guide.pdf&amp;diff=3835</id>
		<title>File:MultiMax II Quick Guide.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MultiMax_II_Quick_Guide.pdf&amp;diff=3835"/>
				<updated>2017-07-18T20:40:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.70_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf&amp;diff=3834</id>
		<title>File:PocketWizard Utility Version 1.70 BETA Release Notes.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.70_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf&amp;diff=3834"/>
				<updated>2017-07-18T20:34:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3833</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3833"/>
				<updated>2017-07-18T15:25:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* 1. Download the PocketWizard Utility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|5/18/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/94/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3832</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3832"/>
				<updated>2017-07-17T21:46:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* 1. Download the PocketWizard Utility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|5/18/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/94/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3831</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3831"/>
				<updated>2017-07-17T21:46:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* 1. Download the PocketWizard Utility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|5/18/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/94/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3830</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3830"/>
				<updated>2017-07-17T21:46:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* 1. Download the PocketWizard Utility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|5/18/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/94/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3829</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3829"/>
				<updated>2017-07-17T21:45:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* 1. Download the PocketWizard Utility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70%20BETA.exePocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70%20BETA.dmgPocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|5/18/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/94/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Update_Tab&amp;diff=3818</id>
		<title>Update Tab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Update_Tab&amp;diff=3818"/>
				<updated>2017-06-15T14:41:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Utility Tab Quick Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update.jpg|500px|center|Update Tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update Firmware Button====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Update Firmware button will update or reinstall the firmware in the radio that is currently connected to the USB port of your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Connect the radio to the computers USB port.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for the main screen to update with the units information. NOTE: If the Update Firmware button is grayed out, no firmware has yet been downloaded for the connected radio.  Close and re-run the PocketWizard Utility with your computer connected to the internet. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Update Firmware button.&lt;br /&gt;
* A dialog box will appear confirming the update firmware process has been selected. Click YES or OK to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
* The next dialog box will indicate what firmware release is going to be installed in the unit. Clicking YES will start the install. Clicking NO will cancel the process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click YES. NOTE: DO NOT DISCONNECT OR TURN OFF THE UNIT FROM YOUR COMPUTER WHILE THE UNIT IS UPDATING!&lt;br /&gt;
* The progress bars will show the status of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* For ControlTL radios like the MiniTT1/FlexTT5/FlexTT6, the radios will be reset and previous settings may or may not be able to be reloaded.  Regardless, we always recommend a [[Factory_Reset#Reset_B_-_Factory_Defaults|Reset B]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Factory Reset====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can perform a “Factory Reset” from within the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your ControlTL radio. In addition, when you update your radios via the Utility, a factory reset will be performed automatically. Your previous settings will be saved, and when possible, you will be able to re-load them after the firmware update and factory reset.  A large jump in firmware versions or a specific change in the firmware may make it impossible to re-load, so be sure to write down any custom settings for Configuration 1 or Configuration 2 before you reset your radios so you can re-apply them after the upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &amp;quot;Factory Reset&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* A dialog box that says &amp;quot;Are you sure you want to reset the unit to factory defaults?&amp;quot; will appear. Click &amp;quot;Yes.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*The PocketWizard Utility may flicker, and then will default to the [[Channel Tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
*Your radio has now been successfully reset. To see the Factory Default Settings, see the [[Factory Reset#Default Settings|Default Settings]] section of the [[Factory Reset]] page.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Update_Tab&amp;diff=3817</id>
		<title>Update Tab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Update_Tab&amp;diff=3817"/>
				<updated>2017-06-15T14:41:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Utility Tab Quick Links}}&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update.jpg|500px|center|Update Tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Update Firmware Button====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Update Firmware button will update or reinstall the firmware in the radio that is currently connected to the USB port of your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Connect the radio to the computers USB port.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for the main screen to update with the units information. NOTE: If the Update Firmware button is grayed out, no firmware has yet been downloaded for the connected radio.  Close and re-run the PocketWizard Utility with your computer connected to the internet. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Update Firmware button.&lt;br /&gt;
* A dialog box will appear confirming the update firmware process has been selected. Click YES or OK to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
* The next dialog box will indicate what firmware release is going to be installed in the unit. Clicking YES will start the install. Clicking NO will cancel the process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click YES. NOTE: DO NOT DISCONECT OR TURN OFF THE UNIT FROM YOUR COMPUTER WHILE THE UNIT IS UPDATING!&lt;br /&gt;
* The progress bars will show the status of the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* For ControlTL radios like the MiniTT1/FlexTT5/FlexTT6, the radios will be reset and previous settings may or may not be able to be reloaded.  Regardless, we always recommend a [[Factory_Reset#Reset_B_-_Factory_Defaults|Reset B]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Factory Reset====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can perform a “Factory Reset” from within the [[PocketWizard Utility]] for your ControlTL radio. In addition, when you update your radios via the Utility, a factory reset will be performed automatically. Your previous settings will be saved, and when possible, you will be able to re-load them after the firmware update and factory reset.  A large jump in firmware versions or a specific change in the firmware may make it impossible to re-load, so be sure to write down any custom settings for Configuration 1 or Configuration 2 before you reset your radios so you can re-apply them after the upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &amp;quot;Factory Reset&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* A dialog box that says &amp;quot;Are you sure you want to reset the unit to factory defaults?&amp;quot; will appear. Click &amp;quot;Yes.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*The PocketWizard Utility may flicker, and then will default to the [[Channel Tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
*Your radio has now been successfully reset. To see the Factory Default Settings, see the [[Factory Reset#Default Settings|Default Settings]] section of the [[Factory Reset]] page.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Update.jpg&amp;diff=3816</id>
		<title>File:Update.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Update.jpg&amp;diff=3816"/>
				<updated>2017-06-15T14:24:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: Patrick uploaded a new version of File:Update.jpg&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Update Tab&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=3815</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=3815"/>
				<updated>2017-06-12T16:15:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* navigation&lt;br /&gt;
** mainpage|mainpage-description&lt;br /&gt;
** recentchanges-url|recentchanges&lt;br /&gt;
** randompage-url|randompage&lt;br /&gt;
** helppage|help&lt;br /&gt;
* Radios&lt;br /&gt;
** MiniTT1_and_FlexTT5|MiniTT1 and FlexTT5&lt;br /&gt;
** FlexTT6|FlexTT6&lt;br /&gt;
** Plus_III|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
** PlusX|PlusX&lt;br /&gt;
** Plus_II|Plus II&lt;br /&gt;
** PowerMC2|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
** PowerST4|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
** MultiMAX|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
* Popular Pages&lt;br /&gt;
** HyperSync | HyperSync&lt;br /&gt;
** Canon_Compatibility | Canon&lt;br /&gt;
** Nikon_Compatibility | Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
** The_FAQ | The FAQ&lt;br /&gt;
* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;br /&gt;
* LANGUAGES&lt;br /&gt;
* PDF&lt;br /&gt;
** {{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=mpdf}} | Download as PDF&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_D5&amp;diff=3774</id>
		<title>Nikon D5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_D5&amp;diff=3774"/>
				<updated>2017-05-29T14:02:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: Created page with &amp;quot;Review this page for information about the Nikon D5 and its performance with PocketWizard radios.  {{NikonOperational}}  &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;  ==D5 Specific Operational Considerations== The...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Review this page for information about the Nikon D5 and its performance with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonOperational}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==D5 Specific Operational Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
The following operational considerations apply only to the D5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Camera Firmware===&lt;br /&gt;
For best results, use the latest camera body firmware. The latest firmware for the D5 is '''C:1.10''', available for download at the [http://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/en/download/fw/188.html Nikon Download Center].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonBatteryPower}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rear Curtain Sync===&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid possible problems using Rear Curtain Sync, always trigger the camera at least once with the shutter speed set to 1/160th.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NoHATT}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might find that performance is similar to the [[Nikon D4#HyperSync Performance|Nikon D4]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonSpecialNotes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CustomerService}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonHyperSyncSteps}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:NikonCameras&amp;diff=3773</id>
		<title>Template:NikonCameras</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:NikonCameras&amp;diff=3773"/>
				<updated>2017-05-18T21:11:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=4|Currently Supported Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D810]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7200]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon Df]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D4S]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D800]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7100]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D4]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D800E]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D90]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3x]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D750]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5500]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D80]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3s]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D700]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5300]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D40x]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D610]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5200]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D40]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D2x]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D600]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5100]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D500]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D300s]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3300]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D300]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3200]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D200]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3100]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Latestnikon&amp;diff=3772</id>
		<title>Template:Latestnikon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Latestnikon&amp;diff=3772"/>
				<updated>2017-05-18T21:04:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''3.900'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3771</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3771"/>
				<updated>2017-05-18T21:03:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Current Firmware Versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.65%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.65 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.65%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.65 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/27/MiniFlex_Canon_6.9XX.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|5/18/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/94/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3770</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3770"/>
				<updated>2017-05-18T21:02:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Current Firmware Versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.65%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.65 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.65%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.65 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/27/MiniFlex_Canon_6.9XX.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|2/20/2015&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/94/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf&amp;diff=3769</id>
		<title>File:MiniTT1FlexTT5 Nikon 3.900 Firmware Release Notes.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.900_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf&amp;diff=3769"/>
				<updated>2017-05-18T21:02:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: Release notes for Nikon MiniTT1/FlexTT5 Firmware Version 3.900&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Release notes for Nikon MiniTT1/FlexTT5 Firmware Version 3.900&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=The_FAQ&amp;diff=3765</id>
		<title>The FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=The_FAQ&amp;diff=3765"/>
				<updated>2017-04-19T15:28:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* I just upgraded my firmware and it doesn't work!  What do I do? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Do you have questions about PocketWizard radios in general? Check out these Frequently Asked Questions, compiled by [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Nothing is working! What should I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your [[batteries]] - sometimes low batteries can affect radio performance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure all of your radios have been updated to the latest firmware. Connect your radio to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and navigate to the &amp;quot;[[Update Tab]].&amp;quot; Click the “[[Update Tab#Check for Updates Button|Check for Updates Button]].”&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your camera and flashes are using the latest firmware, too!&lt;br /&gt;
* Perform a [[Factory Reset]] on all of your radios.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take your first shot at 1/160th or 1/200th so the system can properly calibrate timing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for troubleshooting help.&lt;br /&gt;
* Be sure to power on your equipment top down: flashes first, then radios, then cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I just upgraded my firmware and it doesn't work!  What do I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After updating your firmware, always perform a factory reset with the radio: See RESET B [[Factory Reset#Reset B - Factory_Defaults|here]], or simply hold TEST before you power on your radio and continue to hold TEST for 15 seconds until you see 4 green blinks. While the PocketWizard Utility performs a factory reset automatically when you upgrade the firmware, and has a Factory Reset button on the Update tab, Reset B remains the recommended method after a firmware upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====What cable do I need?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/cable_finder/ Cable Finder] at [http://www.pocketwizard.com/ PocketWizard.com] to find the right cable for lots of different cameras and flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] if you still have questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How many radios do I need?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need one radio per device. That means one for each camera and one for each flash in use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Is my camera or flash compatible with your radios?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Virtually all cameras and flashes with a standard size hot-shoe, PC socket, or sync port are compatible with Standard Channel radios like the [[Plus II]], [[Plus III]], [[PlusX]], and [[MultiMAX]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visit our [[Canon Compatibility]] or [[Nikon Compatibility]] pages to see if your camera or flash is compatible with our [[ControlTL]] radios like the [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] if you still have questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I can’t update my firmware. Why won’t the Utility recognize my radios?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Start by making sure you're connecting your radios directly to your computer, rather than through a USB hub.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try disconnecting all additional USB devices from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Uninstall the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and reinstall the latest version, available for download on our website, http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/downloads/.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt to update the radios using another user account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt the update while running your computer in Safe Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for troubleshooting help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I think my radio needs to be repaired. What do I do?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support]. Warranty and repair inquiries are handled by the distributor in the region in which the radios are purchased, so please include this information in your message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Why does PocketWizard make radios in two different frequencies?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our radios are sold in [[Frequency|two different versions]] to comply with radio laws in different countries. In the United States, the FCC reserves the 344-354 MHz frequency for PocketWizard systems. In Europe, regulations assign 433-434 MHz. A PocketWizard sold in the USA bears the letters “FCC” on the outer shell; a European version will have the letters “CE.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Can I buy my radios directly through PocketWizard?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes! You can buy PocketWizard products directly through the PocketWizard online store if you live in the US or Canada: http://shop.pocketwizard.com/. Or if you prefer to visit a local camera shop that carries PocketWizard products, please check out our website for information on where to buy: http://www.pocketwizard.com/wheretobuy/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The hot-shoe on my radio broke off! How do I get it fixed?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support]. Warranty and repair inquiries are handled by the distributor in the region in which the radios are purchased, so please include this information in your message. You can either send your radio in for repair or request a replacement hot-shoe to do the repair yourself.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your radio is out of warranty, you can purchase a hot shoe directly from http://shop.pocketwizard.com and do the repair yourself or you can send it into us and we will do the repair for you.  Please contact us at info@pocketwizard.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our radios are made from a glass-reinforced resin material, and shouldn't break with normal usage. However, the hot-shoe mounts are designed to break on serious impact. We found replacing an inexpensive hot-shoe preferable to a lengthy and potentially costly camera or speedlight repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Why is my remote flash not firing after 30-40 seconds?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While our FlexTT5 and Standard Channel radios don’t go to sleep, your flash does! Please be sure to set the sleep timer on your flash to either a fairly long period of time or just plain “off”. In Nikon, this setting is called STBY mode in the menu, for Canon it is in the Custom Functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I'm trying to remotely trigger my camera and flash but they don't seem to sync!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setup is called relay mode. The trick is that you need to set the radio with your remote flash to receive on a different Channel. Here's how it works:&lt;br /&gt;
* The radio in your hand sends signal on Channel 1 (for example) to the radio attached to the camera. That radio triggers the camera through the remote port.&lt;br /&gt;
* When the shutter fires, the radio gets a signal through its hot shoe. The radio knows it needs to relay a signal one Channel higher than the one it received, so it will send a trigger on Channel 2. (or whatever is one higher than the one you chose).&lt;br /&gt;
* The receiving radio (attached to the flash) receives the signal on the higher Channel and fires the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
If you set all the radios to the same Channel, the flash will fire before the camera opens its shutter. The flash just needs the radio to tell it to fire and it does. The camera gets the signal and then needs to confirm focus and exposure before firing, even if everything is set to manual, so there is a slight delay. Relay solves that problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions about your specific radio?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check out our other FAQ pages for more information on your radios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3754</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3754"/>
				<updated>2017-03-01T19:19:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.65%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.65 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.65%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.65 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/27/MiniFlex_Canon_6.9XX.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|2/20/2015&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/3/33/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.800_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3753</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3753"/>
				<updated>2017-02-16T19:23:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.65%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.65 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.65%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.65 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Check for Updates&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/27/MiniFlex_Canon_6.9XX.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|2/20/2015&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/3/33/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.800_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:LatestP4&amp;diff=3752</id>
		<title>Template:LatestP4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:LatestP4&amp;diff=3752"/>
				<updated>2017-02-16T19:18:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: Created page with &amp;quot;'''1.500'''&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''1.500'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Power_Control_for_Non-Compatible_Cameras&amp;diff=3751</id>
		<title>Power Control for Non-Compatible Cameras</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Power_Control_for_Non-Compatible_Cameras&amp;diff=3751"/>
				<updated>2017-01-26T15:17:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Operational Considerations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Sony with 430EXII-3611.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is for photographers who want to use their [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5|MiniTT1 or FlexTT5]] with an [[AC3 ZoneController]] on nearly any non-Canon/Nikon camera with a basic hot shoe to get manual power control.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the most mirrorless cameras and other non-compatible camera brands like Sony, Olympus, Hasselblad, Mamiya, and others, using manual power control with your [[ControlTL]] radios and remote speedlights is simple. A [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5|MiniTT1 or FlexTT5]] with an [[AC3 ZoneController]] must be used on-camera to transmit. Remote speedlights should be used with receiving FlexTT5s. Only compatible Canon/Nikon speedlights are supported and the receiving FlexTT5s must match the flashes they are attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to set up your radios for manual power control with non-compatible cameras:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Put a MiniTT1 (or FlexTT5) in the hot shoe of your non-Canon or non-Nikon camera.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slide your AC3 ZoneController into the top shoe of the radio on your camera. Make sure all Zones are set to M or 0. A mode is not supported for non-compatible cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place your remote speedlights into the top shoes of the receiving FlexTT5s.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set remote speedlights to TTL mode on the back of the flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on your remote speedlights, and then the receiving FlexTT5s&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on your transmitting radio, and then the camera.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the camera to fire the flashes! You can adjust the AC3 dials for remote manual power.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operational Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of these operational notes may also be helpful:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Current Firmware|Update your firmware!]] The ability to use an AC3 and ControlTL radio on a non-compatible camera was added in Version 6.400 for Canon radios and Version 3.400 for Nikon radios. This feature will not work using old radio firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your camera has flash usage enabled. Some cameras (like the Fuji X-10 and X100 cameras) cannot use flash when Silent Mode is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the smaller TTL pins in the hot-shoe of your camera line up with the transmitting radio's TTL pins, the radios try to communicate with the camera, which can result in bad exposures. Use tape to cover all but the large center pin in your camera’s hot-shoe if you see problems with your radios or flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
* We have found some Fuji cameras (The X-Pro2 specifically) will give an &amp;quot;overheat&amp;quot; warning when used with a Canon MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 in the shoe. If you tape over the extra TTL pins (as described above), this should solve that issue.&lt;br /&gt;
* The MiniTT1 has an auto-standby feature that is enabled after 180 seconds when an AC3 is mounted in the transmitter's top-shoe. You may need to press the TEST button on the side of your MiniTT1 if you experience missed exposures after this time period. &lt;br /&gt;
* You may notice a lower overall maximum sync speed when using manual power control on your non-compatible camera. If you want faster flash firing, use [[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|Basic Trigger Mode]]. Basic Trigger Mode disables manual power control.&lt;br /&gt;
* Power control with non-compatible cameras is only possible if the radio brand matches the speedlight brand. For example, you need to use Canon radios if you have Canon speedlights. This feature will not work with flashes that are not compatible with the ControlTL system.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3749</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3749"/>
				<updated>2017-01-17T15:48:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Current Firmware Versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.65%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.65 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.65%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.65 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Check for Updates&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/27/MiniFlex_Canon_6.9XX.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|2/20/2015&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/3/33/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.800_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3748</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3748"/>
				<updated>2017-01-17T15:47:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Current Firmware Versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.65%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.65 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.65%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.65 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Check for Updates&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/27/MiniFlex_Canon_6.9XX.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|2/20/2015&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/3/33/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.800_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware available here].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3747</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3747"/>
				<updated>2017-01-17T15:16:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Current Firmware Versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.65%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.65 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.65%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.65 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Check for Updates&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/27/MiniFlex_Canon_6.9XX.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|2/20/2015&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/3/33/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.800_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.65 BETA [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/ce/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.65_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware available here].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3746</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3746"/>
				<updated>2017-01-13T16:28:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Current Firmware Versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.65%20BETA.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.65 BETA] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, pre-BETA, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.65%20BETA.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.65 BETA] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.12 (Sierra)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older pre-BETA version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Check for Updates&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====Current Firmware Versions=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/27/MiniFlex_Canon_6.9XX.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|2/20/2015&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/3/33/MiniTT1FlexTT5_Nikon_3.800_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|1/11/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/e/eb/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf See Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Information about the current Beta firmware is [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware available here].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III &amp;amp; MultiMAX'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Latestpanasonic&amp;diff=3745</id>
		<title>Template:Latestpanasonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Latestpanasonic&amp;diff=3745"/>
				<updated>2017-01-13T16:28:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: Created page with &amp;quot;'''1.120'''&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''1.120'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf&amp;diff=3744</id>
		<title>File:Panasonic FlexTT5 Firmware Release Notes 1.120.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.120.pdf&amp;diff=3744"/>
				<updated>2017-01-13T16:26:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Panasonic&amp;diff=3743</id>
		<title>Panasonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Panasonic&amp;diff=3743"/>
				<updated>2017-01-12T18:01:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;color:black; Background-color:#ffffcc;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Note:''' This page is currently under construction and information is being added often. If you cannot find the information you are looking for, please contact our technical support team [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/repair/ here].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PanSon Flex 101.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read Me==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations on your purchase of the PocketWizard FlexTT5® Wireless Photo Control System for Panasonic! You can use the FlexTT5 Transceiver to control single or multiple off-camera electronic or intelligent TTL flashes. The PocketWizard ControlTL® System takes the complex TTL data being sent through the camera’s hot shoe and digitally interprets and transmits it as a reliable radio signal. You can now place TTL or manual flashes anywhere to illuminate the scene: Around corners, out-of-sight and in bright sunlight. The FlexTT5 is compatible with any PocketWizard radio for triggering a manual flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your new PocketWizard radio runs on very sophisticated software we call ControlTL™ which can be configured to your specific needs using the PocketWizard Utility. You can download the PocketWizard Utility on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Product Registration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL software is designed to be “Future Proof” and will be upgraded from time to time. Please register your product online to be notified when updates are available. Visit our [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/register/registration?cbr=1ca1400044f46aab0325495285f8 Registration page].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting Started==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ Annotated image |float=center| caption=The PocketWizard FlexTT5 for Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
| image=FlexTT5-bluelines.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| image-width = 600 | height=500 | width= 600 | image-left=10 | image-top=20&lt;br /&gt;
| annotations =&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|45|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;USB Connector &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;(behind antenna)&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|97|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Adjustable antenna&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|188|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Zone Selector&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|220|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Configuration/Channel 1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=10}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|230|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Configuration/Channel 2&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=10}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|240|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Power Off&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=10}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|292|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TEST Button&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|369|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Remote studio or other&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|384|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;flash triggering port&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|420|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Remote Camera Triggering Port&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|457|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Status LED]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|507|43|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Lanyard Loop&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|477|97|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Batteries|Battery Compartment]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|507|112|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;(2AA [IEC:LR6])&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|520|167|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;1/4-20 mount&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|528|182|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;(on bottom)&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|524|235|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Panasonic&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|514|250|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Hot Shoe with&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|515|265|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Pass Through&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|520|368|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Locking Ring&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|505|383|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;(on bottom foot)&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All equipment should be turned OFF when connecting. &lt;br /&gt;
* Power on the FlexTT5 and then the camera and/or speedlight. &lt;br /&gt;
* If operation is erratic, check batteries first. We recommend using high-capacity rechargeable batteries in your Speedlight(s). &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the latest firmware for your camera and review all camera and flash manuals. &lt;br /&gt;
* You need a FlexTT5 for each remote Speedlight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set all radios to the same channel. &lt;br /&gt;
* Take your first shot at 1/125 so the system can properly calibrate timing. (First shot will not be correctly exposed.)&lt;br /&gt;
* For most basic functions, operation is identical Panasonic's wireless system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Camera Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Wireless====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Wireless mode you are able to control your remote Panasonic speedlights power levels by using the in-camera menus with three zones of power control. You have the option to shoot with either FP Mode On or FP Mode Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;FP On:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; FP Mode allows you to shoot in TTL and Manual mode at shutter speeds above your cameras x-sync all the way up to 1/8000th with remote compatible speedlights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;FP Off:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; With FP Mode Off you can shoot in TTL and Manual mode at shutter speeds at or below your cameras x-sync.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Non-Wireless====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Non-Wireless mode, you can remotely trigger your speedlights above your cameras x-sync but all remote speedlights will be on one zone. In this mode, you are also able to use rear curtain sync with speedlights and strobes on and off camera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Power Control====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All power adjustments can be done in Wireless Setup located in the Flash Menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When setting your power level always make sure to press the SET/MENU button to make sure the power level is properly set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Compatibility==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Current Firmware&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current firmware for the FlexTT5 for Panasonic is version &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;1.120&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FlexTT5 radios can be updated to this firmware version using the [[Getting Started|PocketWizard Utility]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Camera Compatibility&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, the FlexTT5 for Panasonic is only compatible with the Lumix GH4. We hope to add more cameras to the compatibility list with future firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Speedlight Compatibility&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following speedlights are compatible with the FlexTT5 for Panasonic:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DMW-FL360L, DMW-FL580L, Olympus FL-600R&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Specifications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Trigger Delay:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; 0 seconds – “faster than a wire” when using compatible Panasonic cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Batteries:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 x AA (IEC:LR6) (30 hours)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Approximately 30 hours of camera awake time, can vary with camera and&lt;br /&gt;
Speedlight models.&lt;br /&gt;
* Low-temperature operation and used batteries will have reduced battery life.&lt;br /&gt;
Always use fresh batteries when working in the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Operating Temperature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Above -15º C (5º F) and below 50º C (120º F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Storage Temperature (with batteries):&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Above -30º C (-22º F) and below 85º C (185º F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Frequency==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|US FCC/IC&lt;br /&gt;
|340.00 - 354.00 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|CE&lt;br /&gt;
|433.42 - 434.42 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;IMPORTANT:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; US FCC/Canada frequency radios are NOT compatible with CE frequency radios&lt;br /&gt;
and vice versa. For more information on frequency, please visit our [http://www.PocketWizard.com/wheretobuy/frequency/ Frequency page].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Warranty==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your PocketWizard FlexTT5 for Panasonic is covered under a two-year limited manufacturer's warranty. For warranty details please visit the [http://www.radioslave.com/marketing/materials/Warranty_RMA/LPA02%20Limited%20Warranty%20for%20PocketWizard%20Radios%20082615.pdf Warranty page] on our website.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Panasonic&amp;diff=3742</id>
		<title>Panasonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Panasonic&amp;diff=3742"/>
				<updated>2017-01-12T18:00:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Compatibility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;color:black; Background-color:#ffffcc;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Note:''' This page is currently under construction and information is being added daily. If you cannot find the information you are looking for, please contact our technical support team [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/repair/ here].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PanSon Flex 101.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read Me==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations on your purchase of the PocketWizard FlexTT5® Wireless Photo Control System for Panasonic! You can use the FlexTT5 Transceiver to control single or multiple off-camera electronic or intelligent TTL flashes. The PocketWizard ControlTL® System takes the complex TTL data being sent through the camera’s hot shoe and digitally interprets and transmits it as a reliable radio signal. You can now place TTL or manual flashes anywhere to illuminate the scene: Around corners, out-of-sight and in bright sunlight. The FlexTT5 is compatible with any PocketWizard radio for triggering a manual flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your new PocketWizard radio runs on very sophisticated software we call ControlTL™ which can be configured to your specific needs using the PocketWizard Utility. You can download the PocketWizard Utility on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Product Registration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL software is designed to be “Future Proof” and will be upgraded from time to time. Please register your product online to be notified when updates are available. Visit our [http://www.pocketwizard.com/support/register/registration?cbr=1ca1400044f46aab0325495285f8 Registration page].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting Started==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ Annotated image |float=center| caption=The PocketWizard FlexTT5 for Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
| image=FlexTT5-bluelines.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| image-width = 600 | height=500 | width= 600 | image-left=10 | image-top=20&lt;br /&gt;
| annotations =&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|45|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;USB Connector &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;(behind antenna)&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|97|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Adjustable antenna&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|188|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Zone Selector&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|220|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Configuration/Channel 1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=10}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|230|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Configuration/Channel 2&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=10}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|240|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Power Off&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=10}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|292|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TEST Button&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|369|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Remote studio or other&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|384|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;flash triggering port&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|420|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Remote Camera Triggering Port&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|32|457|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Status LED]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|507|43|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Lanyard Loop&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|477|97|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;[[Batteries|Battery Compartment]]&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|507|112|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;(2AA [IEC:LR6])&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|520|167|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;1/4-20 mount&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|528|182|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;(on bottom)&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|524|235|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Panasonic&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|514|250|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Hot Shoe with&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|515|265|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Pass Through&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|520|368|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Locking Ring&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Annotation|505|383|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;(on bottom foot)&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;|font-size=11}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All equipment should be turned OFF when connecting. &lt;br /&gt;
* Power on the FlexTT5 and then the camera and/or speedlight. &lt;br /&gt;
* If operation is erratic, check batteries first. We recommend using high-capacity rechargeable batteries in your Speedlight(s). &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the latest firmware for your camera and review all camera and flash manuals. &lt;br /&gt;
* You need a FlexTT5 for each remote Speedlight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set all radios to the same channel. &lt;br /&gt;
* Take your first shot at 1/125 so the system can properly calibrate timing. (First shot will not be correctly exposed.)&lt;br /&gt;
* For most basic functions, operation is identical Panasonic's wireless system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Camera Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Wireless====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Wireless mode you are able to control your remote Panasonic speedlights power levels by using the in-camera menus with three zones of power control. You have the option to shoot with either FP Mode On or FP Mode Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;FP On:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; FP Mode allows you to shoot in TTL and Manual mode at shutter speeds above your cameras x-sync all the way up to 1/8000th with remote compatible speedlights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;FP Off:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; With FP Mode Off you can shoot in TTL and Manual mode at shutter speeds at or below your cameras x-sync.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Non-Wireless====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Non-Wireless mode, you can remotely trigger your speedlights above your cameras x-sync but all remote speedlights will be on one zone. In this mode, you are also able to use rear curtain sync with speedlights and strobes on and off camera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Power Control====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All power adjustments can be done in Wireless Setup located in the Flash Menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When setting your power level always make sure to press the SET/MENU button to make sure the power level is properly set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Compatibility==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Current Firmware&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current firmware for the FlexTT5 for Panasonic is version &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;1.120&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FlexTT5 radios can be updated to this firmware version using the [[Getting Started|PocketWizard Utility]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Camera Compatibility&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, the FlexTT5 for Panasonic is only compatible with the Lumix GH4. We hope to add more cameras to the compatibility list with future firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Speedlight Compatibility&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following speedlights are compatible with the FlexTT5 for Panasonic:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DMW-FL360L, DMW-FL580L, Olympus FL-600R&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Specifications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Trigger Delay:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; 0 seconds – “faster than a wire” when using compatible Panasonic cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Batteries:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 x AA (IEC:LR6) (30 hours)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Approximately 30 hours of camera awake time, can vary with camera and&lt;br /&gt;
Speedlight models.&lt;br /&gt;
* Low-temperature operation and used batteries will have reduced battery life.&lt;br /&gt;
Always use fresh batteries when working in the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Operating Temperature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Above -15º C (5º F) and below 50º C (120º F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Storage Temperature (with batteries):&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Above -30º C (-22º F) and below 85º C (185º F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Frequency==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|US FCC/IC&lt;br /&gt;
|340.00 - 354.00 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|CE&lt;br /&gt;
|433.42 - 434.42 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;IMPORTANT:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; US FCC/Canada frequency radios are NOT compatible with CE frequency radios&lt;br /&gt;
and vice versa. For more information on frequency, please visit our [http://www.PocketWizard.com/wheretobuy/frequency/ Frequency page].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Warranty==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your PocketWizard FlexTT5 for Panasonic is covered under a two-year limited manufacturer's warranty. For warranty details please visit the [http://www.radioslave.com/marketing/materials/Warranty_RMA/LPA02%20Limited%20Warranty%20for%20PocketWizard%20Radios%20082615.pdf Warranty page] on our website.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>